1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bool assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bool swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bool elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (startswith (name
, ".debug")
1088 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
1089 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.")
1090 || startswith (name
, ".zdebug"))
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (startswith (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
)
1093 || startswith (name
, ".note.gnu"))
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (startswith (name
, ".line")
1099 || startswith (name
, ".stab")
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
1108 & -hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1111 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1112 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1113 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1114 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1115 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1116 all but one of the sections. */
1117 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1118 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1119 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1121 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1124 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1125 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1126 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1129 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1130 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1131 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1132 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1136 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1139 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1140 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1144 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1146 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1147 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1149 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1150 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1151 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1152 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1153 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1154 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1155 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1157 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1159 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1162 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1163 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1165 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1166 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1167 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1168 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1170 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1171 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1172 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1174 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1175 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1176 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1177 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1178 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1179 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1180 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1181 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1182 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1184 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1185 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1186 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1187 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1188 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1189 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1190 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1196 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1197 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1198 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1199 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1200 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1202 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1203 int compression_header_size
;
1204 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1205 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1207 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1208 &compression_header_size
,
1210 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1213 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1214 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1215 action
= decompress
;
1218 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1219 section. Check if we should compress. */
1220 if (action
== nothing
)
1222 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1223 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1224 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1225 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1227 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1228 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1234 if (action
== compress
)
1236 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1239 /* xgettext:c-format */
1240 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1247 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1250 /* xgettext:c-format */
1251 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1257 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1260 && (action
== decompress
1261 || (action
== compress
1262 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1264 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1265 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1267 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1268 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1270 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1274 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1275 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1276 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1279 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1281 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.lto_.lto."))
1283 struct lto_section lsection
;
1284 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1285 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1286 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1292 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1294 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1295 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1296 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1299 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1300 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1301 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1302 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1303 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1304 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1305 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1306 function, or should call this function for relocatable output. */
1308 bfd_reloc_status_type
1309 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1310 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1312 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1313 asection
*input_section
,
1315 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1317 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1318 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1319 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1320 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1322 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1323 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1326 /* In some cases the relocation should be treated as output section
1327 relative, as when linking ELF DWARF into PE COFF. Many ELF
1328 targets lack section relative relocations and instead use
1329 ordinary absolute relocations for references between DWARF
1330 sections. That is arguably a bug in those targets but it happens
1331 to work for the usual case of linking to non-loaded ELF debug
1332 sections with VMAs forced to zero. PE COFF on the other hand
1333 doesn't allow a section VMA of zero. */
1334 if (output_bfd
== NULL
1335 && !reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
1336 && (symbol
->section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
1337 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
1338 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1340 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1343 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1344 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1345 should be the same. */
1348 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1349 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1351 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1352 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1353 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1354 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1356 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1357 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1359 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1362 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1363 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1364 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1365 to be the correct section. */
1368 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1369 const unsigned int hint
)
1371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1374 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1376 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1377 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1378 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1379 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1382 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1386 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1388 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1389 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1390 multiple matches ? */
1397 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1398 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1399 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1402 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1404 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1406 const unsigned int secnum
)
1408 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1409 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1410 bool changed
= false;
1411 unsigned int sh_link
;
1413 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1415 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1416 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1417 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1418 matched up with the original.
1420 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1421 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1422 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1423 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1424 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1425 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1426 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1427 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1428 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1429 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1430 without any contents. */
1431 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1432 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1433 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1434 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1438 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1439 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1443 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1444 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1445 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1446 in the input bfd. */
1447 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1449 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1450 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1453 /* xgettext:c-format */
1454 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1455 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1459 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1460 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1462 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1466 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1467 if we could not find a match ? */
1469 /* xgettext:c-format */
1470 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1473 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1475 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1476 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1478 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1480 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1482 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1483 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1486 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1487 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1489 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1491 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1496 /* xgettext:c-format */
1497 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1503 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1507 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1509 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1511 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1514 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1515 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1518 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1520 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1521 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
1524 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1526 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1527 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1528 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1530 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1531 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1532 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1533 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1535 /* Copy object attributes. */
1536 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1538 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1541 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1543 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1544 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1549 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1550 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1551 files. See below for more details. */
1553 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1554 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1557 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1558 fields have already been initialised. */
1559 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1560 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1563 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1564 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1565 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1567 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1569 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1572 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1573 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1574 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1575 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1577 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1578 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1579 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1580 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1581 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1582 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1587 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1590 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1591 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1592 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1593 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1595 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1597 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1600 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1601 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1602 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1604 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1605 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1606 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1607 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1608 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1609 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1610 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1611 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1612 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1613 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1615 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1620 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1622 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1623 with a NULL input section. */
1624 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1633 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1638 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1639 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1640 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1641 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1642 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1643 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1644 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1645 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1646 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1647 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1648 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1649 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1654 /* Print out the program headers. */
1657 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1659 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1660 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1662 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1664 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1669 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1670 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1673 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1678 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1681 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1682 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1683 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1684 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1685 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1686 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1687 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1688 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1689 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1690 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1691 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1692 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1693 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1694 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1695 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1696 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1697 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1702 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1705 unsigned int elfsec
;
1706 unsigned long shlink
;
1707 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1709 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1711 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1713 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1716 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1717 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1719 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1721 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1722 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1725 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1726 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1728 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1729 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1731 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1733 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1734 const char *name
= "";
1737 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1739 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1741 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1748 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1749 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1751 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1753 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1758 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= true; break;
1759 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1760 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1761 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1762 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1763 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1764 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1765 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1766 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1767 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1768 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1771 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= true; break;
1772 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1773 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1774 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1775 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1776 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1777 case DT_RELR
: name
= "RELR"; break;
1778 case DT_RELRSZ
: name
= "RELRSZ"; break;
1779 case DT_RELRENT
: name
= "RELRENT"; break;
1780 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1781 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1782 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1783 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1784 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1785 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1786 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1787 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1788 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1789 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1790 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1791 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1792 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1793 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1794 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1795 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1796 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1797 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1798 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1799 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1800 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1801 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= true; break;
1802 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1803 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1804 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1805 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1806 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1807 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1808 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1809 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1810 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1811 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1812 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1813 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1814 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1815 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= true; break;
1816 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1817 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= true; break;
1818 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1821 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1825 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1830 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1832 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1835 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1844 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1845 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, false))
1851 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1853 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1855 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1856 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1858 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1859 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1860 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1861 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1863 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1866 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1870 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1876 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1878 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1880 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1881 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1883 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1885 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1886 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1887 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1888 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1889 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1890 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1901 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1902 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1905 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1909 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1910 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1911 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1913 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1915 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1916 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1919 version_string
= "";
1920 else if (vernum
== 1
1921 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1922 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1924 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1925 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1927 const char *nodename
1928 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1929 version_string
= "";
1932 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1933 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1934 version_string
= nodename
;
1938 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1940 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1941 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1945 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1947 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1949 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1952 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1959 return version_string
;
1962 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1965 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1968 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1970 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1973 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1974 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1976 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1977 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1978 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1979 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1981 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1983 const char *section_name
;
1984 const char *name
= NULL
;
1985 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1986 unsigned char st_other
;
1988 const char *version_string
;
1991 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1993 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1994 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1995 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1999 name
= symbol
->name
;
2000 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
2003 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
2004 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
2005 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
2006 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
2007 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2008 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2009 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2011 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2012 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2014 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2015 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2022 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2027 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2028 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2033 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2034 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2039 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2040 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2041 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2043 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2045 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2048 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2054 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2056 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2059 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2061 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2062 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2067 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2070 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2071 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2072 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2073 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2076 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2079 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = true;
2081 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2082 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2083 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2088 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2089 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2092 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2095 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2096 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2097 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2098 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2099 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2100 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2101 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2102 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2103 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2104 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2107 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2108 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2111 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2113 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2114 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2115 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2118 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2119 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2120 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2122 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2127 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2129 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2131 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2133 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2134 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2135 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2136 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2138 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2139 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2143 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2145 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2146 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2148 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2149 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2151 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2159 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2160 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2163 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2166 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2168 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2170 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2171 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2172 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2177 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2178 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2179 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2182 /* xgettext:c-format */
2183 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2184 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2188 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2189 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2190 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2191 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2193 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2194 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2195 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2196 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2197 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2199 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2200 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2201 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2205 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2206 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2207 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2209 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2210 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2212 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2213 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2216 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2217 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2219 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2221 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2222 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2227 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2229 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2231 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2232 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2237 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2238 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2242 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2243 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2246 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2249 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2251 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2254 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2255 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2256 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2261 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2262 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2263 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2266 /* xgettext:c-format */
2267 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2268 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2272 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2273 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2274 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2275 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2277 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2278 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2279 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2282 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2284 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2286 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2287 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2290 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2293 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2295 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2296 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2297 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2301 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2302 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2305 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2307 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2308 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2312 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2315 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2316 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2320 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2323 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2324 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2325 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2326 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2328 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2333 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2334 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2335 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2336 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2338 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2340 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2341 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2343 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2344 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2346 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2349 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2351 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2353 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2354 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2358 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2364 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2366 asection
*target_sect
;
2367 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2368 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2369 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2372 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
2373 size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2374 else if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2375 size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2377 size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
2378 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= size
)
2381 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2382 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2385 /* xgettext:c-format */
2386 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2387 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2388 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2393 /* Get the symbol table. */
2394 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2395 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2396 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2399 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2400 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2401 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2402 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2403 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2404 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2405 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2406 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2407 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2408 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2409 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2410 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2411 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2412 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2413 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2414 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2416 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2421 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2424 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2425 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2428 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2429 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2430 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2432 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2434 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2435 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2439 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2442 /* xgettext:c-format */
2443 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2444 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2445 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2448 esdt
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
2452 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2457 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2458 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2459 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2460 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2461 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2462 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2463 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2464 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2465 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2467 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2468 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2470 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2474 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2475 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2477 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2480 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2481 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2484 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2485 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2486 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2489 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2490 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2492 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2499 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2502 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2508 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2509 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2510 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2512 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2514 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2518 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2519 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2522 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2524 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2525 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2526 for applications? */
2528 /* xgettext:c-format */
2529 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2530 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2533 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2534 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2539 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2540 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2541 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2543 /* xgettext:c-format */
2544 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2545 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2546 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2548 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2549 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2550 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2551 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2552 be rejected with an error message. */
2554 /* xgettext:c-format */
2555 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2556 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2559 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2560 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2565 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2567 /* xgettext:c-format */
2568 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2569 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = false;
2581 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2584 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2586 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2588 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2590 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2593 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2594 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2596 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2597 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2598 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2601 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2603 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2606 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2609 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2612 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2616 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2618 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2620 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2623 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2626 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2629 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2633 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2636 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2640 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2641 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2642 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2644 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2648 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2649 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2650 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2651 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2654 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2658 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2661 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2663 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2674 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2677 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2680 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2683 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2691 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2694 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2697 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2702 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2705 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent.bss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2711 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2714 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2716 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".relr.dyn"), 0, SHT_RELR
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2721 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2724 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2727 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2728 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2729 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2730 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2731 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2740 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2743 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2749 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2752 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2754 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2755 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2756 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2758 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2759 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2760 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2761 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2764 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2766 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2768 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2770 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2771 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2772 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2778 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2781 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2782 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2783 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2789 len
= strlen (name
);
2791 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2794 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2796 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2798 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2801 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2802 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2804 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2806 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2808 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2809 && (suffix_len
== -2
2810 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2816 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2818 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2819 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2829 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2830 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2833 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2834 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2836 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2837 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2840 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2841 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2844 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2845 bed
->special_sections
,
2851 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2854 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2855 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2858 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2863 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2867 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2869 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2870 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2871 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2873 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2876 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2880 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2883 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2884 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2885 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2887 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2888 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2889 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2892 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2893 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2896 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2899 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2901 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2902 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2903 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2904 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2906 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2907 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2908 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2909 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2910 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2911 of combined data+bss.
2913 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2914 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2915 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2916 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2917 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2922 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2923 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2925 const char *type_name
)
2932 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2934 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2935 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2936 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2938 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2940 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2941 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2942 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2945 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2946 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2947 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2949 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2950 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2951 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2952 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2953 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2954 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2955 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2957 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2958 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2959 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2961 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2963 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2966 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2968 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2972 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2976 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2977 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2978 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2981 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2982 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2983 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2985 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2986 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2987 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2988 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2989 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2990 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2991 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2992 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2993 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2995 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2996 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2997 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2999 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3000 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3007 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3009 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3010 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3011 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3017 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3019 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3021 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3024 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3027 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3029 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3030 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3034 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3037 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3040 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3042 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3048 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3051 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3053 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3054 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3058 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3061 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3064 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3065 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3066 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3070 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3074 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3076 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3078 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3079 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3082 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3086 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3087 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3088 const char *sec_name
,
3091 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3092 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3096 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3098 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3100 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3106 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3107 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3108 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3112 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3113 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3114 const char *sec_name
,
3116 bool delay_st_name_p
)
3118 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3119 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3121 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3122 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3123 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3125 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3126 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3127 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3130 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3131 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3132 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3133 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3134 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3135 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3136 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3137 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3138 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3143 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3146 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3148 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3149 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3151 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3154 struct fake_section_arg
3156 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3160 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3163 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3165 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3167 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3168 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3169 unsigned int sh_type
;
3170 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3171 bool delay_st_name_p
= false;
3176 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3181 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3185 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3186 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3187 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3191 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3193 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3194 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3195 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3196 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3197 delay_st_name_p
= true;
3200 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3202 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3203 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3205 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3206 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3210 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3211 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3219 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3221 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3222 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3223 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3224 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3225 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3226 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3231 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3236 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3237 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3241 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3243 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3250 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3252 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3253 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3254 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3256 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3258 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3259 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3260 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3261 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3262 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3265 /* xgettext:c-format */
3266 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3267 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3271 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3272 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3273 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3274 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3275 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3276 copy_private_section_data. */
3278 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3279 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3281 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3283 if (asect
->type
!= 0)
3284 sh_type
= asect
->type
;
3285 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3286 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3288 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3290 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3291 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3292 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3293 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3294 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3296 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3297 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3298 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3299 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3301 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3302 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3305 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3316 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3317 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3318 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3319 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3323 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3331 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3335 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3336 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3340 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3341 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3344 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3348 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3350 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3351 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3353 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3354 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3356 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3357 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3360 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3361 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3362 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3363 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3365 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3366 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3368 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3369 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3373 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3381 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3382 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3383 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3385 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3387 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3389 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3390 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3392 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3393 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3394 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3395 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3396 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3398 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3399 if (asect
->size
== 0
3400 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3402 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3404 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3407 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3408 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3409 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3413 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3416 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3417 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3418 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3419 create the other. */
3420 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3422 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3425 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3426 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3427 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3428 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3430 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3431 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3432 false, delay_st_name_p
))
3437 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3438 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3439 true, delay_st_name_p
))
3445 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3447 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3457 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3458 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3459 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3460 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3466 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3468 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3469 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3470 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3474 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3475 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3476 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3477 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3480 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3482 bool *failedptr
= (bool *) failedptrarg
;
3483 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3487 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3489 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3494 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3496 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3498 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3500 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3501 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3505 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3507 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3508 if (sec
->index
>= elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
3509 || elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
] == NULL
)
3514 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3516 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3518 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3520 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3521 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3522 set until all local symbols are output. */
3524 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3525 unsigned long symndx
;
3526 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3527 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3529 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3530 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3531 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3532 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3533 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3534 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3536 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3540 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3541 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3543 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3544 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3545 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3546 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3548 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3551 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3553 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3556 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3558 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3559 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3560 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3567 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3569 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3570 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3571 start of the input section group. */
3572 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3574 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3575 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3576 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3577 directives, not that it matters. */
3584 s
= s
->output_section
;
3586 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3588 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3589 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3591 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3593 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3594 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3596 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3600 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3602 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3603 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3605 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3607 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3610 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3612 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3618 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3620 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3623 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3624 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3625 relocations apply. */
3628 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3630 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3631 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3632 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3633 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3638 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3644 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3647 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3650 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3655 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3657 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3658 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3661 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3662 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3663 if (!startswith (name
, ".rel"))
3666 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3669 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3670 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3671 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3674 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3675 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3676 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3677 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3680 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3682 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3684 unsigned int section_number
;
3685 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3686 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3692 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3694 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3695 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3697 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3699 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3700 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3702 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3704 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3706 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3708 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3709 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3710 abfd
->section_count
--;
3713 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3716 /* Count relocations. */
3717 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3720 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3721 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3722 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3725 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3727 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3729 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3730 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3731 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3732 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3735 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3736 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3737 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3744 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3745 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3746 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3752 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3753 || (link_info
== NULL
3754 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3758 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3759 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3760 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3762 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3764 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3766 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3767 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3768 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3770 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3771 ".symtab_shndx", false);
3772 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3775 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3776 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3779 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3780 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3781 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3783 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3785 /* xgettext:c-format */
3786 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3787 abfd
, section_number
);
3791 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3792 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3794 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3796 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3797 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3798 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3801 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3802 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3803 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3805 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3809 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3811 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3814 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3815 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3817 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3818 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3819 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3820 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3822 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3823 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3826 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3830 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3832 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3833 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3834 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3835 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3836 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3838 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3840 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3841 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3842 the relocation entries apply. */
3843 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3845 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3846 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3847 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3849 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3851 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3852 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3853 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3856 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3857 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3859 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3860 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3861 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3862 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3863 section has been retained for some reason. */
3866 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3867 if (discarded_section (s
))
3871 /* xgettext:c-format */
3872 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3873 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3874 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3875 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3876 size as the discarded one. */
3877 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3880 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3885 /* Handle objcopy. */
3886 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3889 /* xgettext:c-format */
3890 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3891 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3892 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3896 s
= s
->output_section
;
3897 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3901 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3905 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3906 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3907 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3908 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3909 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table
3910 if there is one. Otherwise we guess the normal symbol
3911 table. FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3912 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
== 0 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3914 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3916 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3918 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
== 0)
3919 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3921 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3924 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3925 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3930 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3931 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3932 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3933 field to point to this section. */
3934 if (startswith (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3935 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3940 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3941 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3944 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3945 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3946 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3950 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3952 /* This is a .stab section. */
3953 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3960 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3961 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3962 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3963 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3965 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3967 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3970 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3971 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3972 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3973 the version strings. */
3974 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3975 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"));
3977 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3982 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3983 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3984 this hash table or version table is for. */
3985 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3987 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3991 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3995 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3996 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3997 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4003 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4005 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4006 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4007 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4008 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4010 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4011 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4012 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4015 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4016 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4017 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4018 the beginning of that array.
4020 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4023 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4024 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4026 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4028 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4030 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4031 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4032 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4034 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4037 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, false, false, false);
4040 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4042 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4045 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4048 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4053 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4054 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4057 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4059 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4064 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4067 /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
4068 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED
) == 0)
4071 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4074 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4075 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4076 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4077 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4078 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4079 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4080 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4081 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4082 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4085 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4086 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4089 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4091 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4092 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4093 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4094 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4095 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4096 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4097 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4098 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4105 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4109 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4111 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4112 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4116 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4117 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4118 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4120 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4121 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4123 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4124 decided to output. */
4125 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4127 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4129 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4131 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4132 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4134 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4136 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4137 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4139 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4143 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4144 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4146 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4148 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4152 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4153 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4154 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4155 at least in that case. */
4156 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4158 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4159 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4160 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4161 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4163 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4170 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4171 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4172 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4173 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4176 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4178 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4181 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4182 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4183 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4184 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4189 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4191 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4193 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4194 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4195 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4199 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4200 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4203 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4205 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4209 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4211 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4215 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4216 ELF data structure. */
4218 static inline file_ptr
4219 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4221 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4224 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4225 required section alignment. */
4228 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4232 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4233 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
& -i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4234 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4235 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4236 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4237 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4238 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4242 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4243 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4244 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4247 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4248 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4251 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4253 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4254 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4257 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4260 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4261 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4262 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4264 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4267 fsargs
.failed
= false;
4268 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4269 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4273 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4276 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4277 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4278 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4279 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4283 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4284 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4286 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4291 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4293 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4298 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4299 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4300 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4301 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4302 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4303 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4304 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4305 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4306 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4307 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4308 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4310 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4318 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4320 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4321 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4323 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4325 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4326 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4327 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4328 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4331 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4332 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4334 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4336 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4338 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4339 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4341 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4344 abfd
->output_has_begun
= true;
4349 /* Retrieve .eh_frame_hdr. Prior to size_dynamic_sections the
4350 function effectively returns whether --eh-frame-hdr is given on the
4351 command line. After size_dynamic_sections the result reflects
4352 whether .eh_frame_hdr will actually be output (sizing isn't done
4353 until ldemul_after_allocation). */
4356 elf_eh_frame_hdr (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4358 if (info
!= NULL
&& is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
4359 return elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
;
4363 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4364 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4366 static bfd_size_type
4367 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4373 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4374 and one for data. */
4377 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4378 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4380 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4381 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4382 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4387 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4389 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4393 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4395 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4399 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
4401 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4405 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4407 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4411 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4412 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4413 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4415 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4419 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4421 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4422 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4424 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4425 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4427 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4428 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4429 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4430 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4431 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4432 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4433 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4434 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4435 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4436 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4441 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4443 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4445 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4451 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4453 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4454 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4456 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4457 bfd_vma commonpagesize
;
4458 unsigned int page_align_power
;
4461 commonpagesize
= info
->commonpagesize
;
4463 commonpagesize
= bed
->commonpagesize
;
4464 page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (commonpagesize
);
4465 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4466 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4468 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4471 /* xgettext:c-format */
4472 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4473 "sh_info field: %d"),
4474 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4477 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4478 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4479 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4484 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4485 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4489 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4495 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4498 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4501 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4503 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4504 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4506 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4512 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4513 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4520 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4522 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4523 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4524 asection
**sections
,
4529 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4534 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4535 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4536 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4540 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4541 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4542 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4543 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4545 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4547 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4548 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4549 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4555 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4558 struct elf_segment_map
*
4559 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4561 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4563 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4564 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4568 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4570 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4575 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4578 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4579 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4580 bool remove_empty_load
)
4582 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4583 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4585 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4586 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4587 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4588 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4590 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4593 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4595 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4597 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4598 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4599 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4601 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4605 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4607 if (remove_empty_load
4608 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4610 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4616 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4617 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4619 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4626 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4627 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4629 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. Update
4630 NEED_LAYOUT if the section layout is changed. */
4633 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
,
4634 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4638 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4639 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4640 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4643 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4647 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4649 /* Size the relative relocations if DT_RELR is enabled. */
4650 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
4651 && need_layout
!= NULL
4652 && bed
->size_relative_relocs
4653 && !bed
->size_relative_relocs (info
, need_layout
))
4654 info
->callbacks
->einfo
4655 (_("%F%P: failed to size relative relocations\n"));
4658 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4662 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4663 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4666 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4667 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4669 bool phdr_in_segment
;
4672 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4673 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4674 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4675 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4677 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4678 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4679 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4681 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4683 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4684 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4685 if (sections
== NULL
)
4688 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4689 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4691 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4692 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4695 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4697 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4699 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4700 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4702 s
->target_index
= i
;
4705 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4706 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4707 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4710 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4713 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4715 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4716 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4717 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4718 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4719 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4722 maxpagesize
= info
->maxpagesize
;
4724 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4725 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4727 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4729 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4730 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4731 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4732 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4733 been left for them. */
4734 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4736 /* Build the mapping. */
4740 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4741 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4743 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4744 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4746 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4747 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4751 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4753 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4754 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4755 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4759 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4760 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4764 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4772 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4773 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4774 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4780 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4782 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4785 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4786 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4788 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4789 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4790 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4791 program headers we will need. */
4792 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4794 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4795 bool separate_phdr
= false;
4797 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4799 && info
->separate_code
4800 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4802 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4803 thus not executable, and the first section is
4804 executable then put the file and program headers in
4805 their own PT_LOAD. */
4806 separate_phdr
= true;
4807 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4808 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4810 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4811 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4812 previous page if we can. */
4813 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4814 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4816 separate_phdr
= false;
4819 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4820 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4821 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4822 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4823 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4824 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4825 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4826 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4828 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4829 else if (separate_phdr
)
4831 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4834 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4836 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4837 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4840 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4844 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4851 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4854 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4856 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4857 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4858 new_segment
= false;
4860 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4862 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4863 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4867 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4868 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4870 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4871 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4874 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4875 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4876 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4878 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4879 pages onto the same memory page. */
4880 new_segment
= false;
4882 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4883 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4884 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4885 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4886 section can be included in the current segment. */
4887 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4888 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4889 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4890 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4892 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4893 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4896 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4897 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4899 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4900 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4901 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4902 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4905 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4907 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4908 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4909 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4910 new_segment
= false;
4912 else if (info
!= NULL
4913 && info
->separate_code
4914 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4919 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4921 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4927 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4928 new_segment
= false;
4931 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4932 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4934 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4936 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4942 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4944 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4947 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4948 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4952 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4953 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4955 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4962 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4967 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4973 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4974 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4976 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4979 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4981 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4982 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4983 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4985 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4993 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4996 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5003 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5004 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5005 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5006 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5007 in the output file. */
5008 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5010 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5011 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5014 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5017 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5019 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5020 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5021 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5022 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5029 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5030 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5031 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5035 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5039 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5040 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5043 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5044 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5048 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5054 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5055 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5059 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5062 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5063 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5064 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5069 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5070 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5072 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5074 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5076 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5079 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5082 while (i
< tls_count
)
5084 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5086 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5090 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5105 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5106 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5107 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5108 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5109 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5111 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5112 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5113 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5115 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5118 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5119 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5123 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5124 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5126 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5128 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5134 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5135 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5136 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5138 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5139 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5143 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5145 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5152 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5154 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (info
);
5155 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5156 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5158 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5159 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5163 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5165 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5171 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5173 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5174 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5178 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5179 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5180 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5181 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5182 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5183 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5185 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5186 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5193 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5195 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5197 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5199 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5200 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5203 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5205 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5206 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5207 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5211 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5216 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5219 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5220 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5224 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5231 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5234 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5237 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5239 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5248 /* Sort sections by address. */
5251 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5253 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5254 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5255 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5257 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5258 place the section into a segment. */
5259 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5261 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5264 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5265 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5266 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5268 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5271 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5273 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5281 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5286 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5287 before others at the same address. */
5289 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5290 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5297 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5300 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5301 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5304 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5306 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5307 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5309 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5311 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5313 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5315 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5317 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5318 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5319 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5320 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5321 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5323 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5325 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5327 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5329 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5331 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5334 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5336 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5338 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5340 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5343 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5345 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5346 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5350 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5352 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5353 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5354 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5355 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5356 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5359 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5360 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5362 /* In other words, something like:
5364 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5365 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5366 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5367 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5369 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5371 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5374 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5376 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5377 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5379 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5383 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5386 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5391 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5392 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5393 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5394 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5395 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5396 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5398 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5399 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5403 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5404 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5405 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5411 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5416 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5418 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5421 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5426 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5427 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5431 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5432 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5434 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5435 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5436 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5437 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5438 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5439 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5440 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5441 bfd_size_type p_align
;
5442 bool p_align_p
= false;
5443 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5445 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5446 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5448 if (link_info
== NULL
5449 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
, NULL
))
5453 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5458 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5459 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5463 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5464 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5465 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5468 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5470 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5473 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5477 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5478 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5479 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5480 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5485 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5489 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5490 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5491 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5492 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5493 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5495 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5496 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5497 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5498 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5499 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5500 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5501 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5505 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5507 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5508 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5509 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5510 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5511 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5512 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5514 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5515 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5517 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5518 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5519 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5524 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5527 p_align
= bed
->p_align
;
5529 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5531 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5532 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
5534 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5537 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5538 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5539 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5540 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5541 position after the ELF file header. */
5542 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5543 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5545 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5546 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5548 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5554 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5555 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5557 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5560 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5563 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5564 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5565 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5566 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5567 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5568 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5570 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5571 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5574 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5576 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5578 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5579 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5580 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5583 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5585 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5586 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5588 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5589 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5590 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5591 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5592 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5593 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5594 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5596 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5597 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5598 else if (p_align
!= 0
5599 && (link_info
== NULL
5600 || !link_info
->maxpagesize_is_set
))
5601 /* Set p_align to the default p_align value while laying
5602 out segments aligning to the maximum page size or the
5603 largest section alignment. The run-time loader can
5604 align segments to the default p_align value or the
5605 maximum page size, depending on system page size. */
5608 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5610 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5611 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5612 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5613 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5615 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5617 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5619 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5622 no_contents
= false;
5624 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5627 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5628 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5630 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5634 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5636 unsigned int secalign
;
5638 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5639 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5640 align_power
= secalign
;
5642 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5643 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5645 /* If a section requires alignment higher than the
5646 default p_align value, don't set p_align to the
5647 default p_align value. */
5648 if (align
> p_align
)
5650 align
= maxpagesize
;
5654 /* If a section requires alignment higher than the
5655 maximum page size, set p_align to the section
5662 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5663 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5664 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5665 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5666 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5667 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5669 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5672 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5673 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5675 no_contents
= false;
5679 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5681 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5682 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5685 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5686 && bed
->no_page_alias
5687 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5688 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5689 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5690 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5694 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5695 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5696 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5697 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5698 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5699 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5700 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5701 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5706 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5707 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5708 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5710 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5713 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5714 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5719 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5720 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5721 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5722 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5724 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5726 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5728 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5729 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5730 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5734 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5735 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5736 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5739 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5740 " try linking with -N"),
5742 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5746 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5750 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5752 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5753 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5754 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5755 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5759 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5761 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5763 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5764 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5765 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5767 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5769 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5772 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5773 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5774 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5777 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5779 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5780 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5781 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5782 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5783 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5784 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5785 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5786 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5789 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5793 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5794 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5796 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5801 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5802 without file contents somewhere within the first
5803 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5804 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5805 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5809 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5814 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5816 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5818 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5819 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5823 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5824 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5825 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5826 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5827 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5828 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5831 bfd_size_type align
;
5832 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5835 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5836 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5838 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5839 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5840 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5841 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5842 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5843 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5845 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5846 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5847 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5848 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5852 || p_end
< p_start
))
5855 /* xgettext:c-format */
5856 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5857 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5858 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5860 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5862 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5864 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5866 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5869 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5871 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5872 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5874 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5875 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5879 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5880 as would seem proper for their address when the
5881 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5882 doesn't really have any significance for
5883 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5884 relative to other sections. Historically we
5885 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5886 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5887 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5888 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5891 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5892 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5895 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5896 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5899 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5901 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5905 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5906 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5907 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5913 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5922 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5924 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5925 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5926 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5928 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5929 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5930 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5932 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5933 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5934 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5935 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5936 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5937 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5939 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5941 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5944 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5946 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5947 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5948 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5949 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5950 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5951 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5953 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5955 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5956 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5958 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5960 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5961 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5964 if (align
> p
->p_align
5965 && !m
->p_align_valid
5966 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5967 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5971 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5974 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5976 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5983 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5984 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5985 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5986 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5987 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5988 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5990 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5991 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5992 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5993 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5994 " by LOAD segment"),
5996 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5998 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5999 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
6000 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
6003 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
6004 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
6005 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6007 bool check_vma
= true;
6009 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
6010 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
6011 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
6012 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
6013 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
6014 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
6016 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
6021 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
6023 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6026 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
6027 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
6028 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
6029 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
6032 /* xgettext:c-format */
6033 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
6035 print_segment_map (m
);
6040 p
->p_align
= p_align
;
6044 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6046 if (link_info
!= NULL
6047 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6048 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6050 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6051 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6052 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6054 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6055 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6056 false, false, true);
6057 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6059 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6060 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6061 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6062 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6065 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6067 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6068 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6069 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6071 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6072 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6073 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6081 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6082 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6086 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6087 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6090 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6091 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6099 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6100 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6101 use heuristics instead. */
6104 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6106 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6109 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6111 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6113 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6117 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6118 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6119 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6120 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6121 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6128 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6129 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6132 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6133 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6135 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6136 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6137 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6138 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6139 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6140 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6142 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6143 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6145 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6146 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
6148 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
6149 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6150 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6151 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6152 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6154 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6158 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6159 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6160 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6161 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6162 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6163 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6165 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6166 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6167 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6168 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6169 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6170 so do not warn about them. */
6171 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6173 /* xgettext:c-format */
6174 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6176 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6178 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6179 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6180 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6181 align
= maxpagesize
;
6183 align
= hdr
->sh_addralign
& -hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6184 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
, align
);
6185 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6188 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6189 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6190 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6191 not been decided. */
6192 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6193 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6194 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6195 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6196 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6197 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6198 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6199 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6200 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6201 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6203 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6205 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6207 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6208 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6209 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6210 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6212 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6214 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6217 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6219 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6220 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6221 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6222 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6223 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6225 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6227 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6229 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6230 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6241 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6242 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6245 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6247 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6249 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6251 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6253 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6254 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6255 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6257 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6263 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6264 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6266 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6275 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6276 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6277 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6278 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6279 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6281 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6282 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6283 In cases where the end does not match any
6284 loaded section (for instance is in file
6285 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6286 the end of loaded section contents. */
6287 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6288 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6290 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6291 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6292 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6293 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6294 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6296 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6298 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6307 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6309 (_("%pB: warning: unable to allocate any sections to PT_GNU_RELRO segment"),
6311 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6314 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6316 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6317 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6319 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6323 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6324 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6325 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6327 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6328 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6329 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6335 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6337 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6339 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6340 "and/or program header"),
6341 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6346 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6347 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6349 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6351 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6353 p
->p_filesz
= sect
->filepos
- p
->p_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6354 /* NB: p_memsz of the loadable PT_NOTE segment
6355 should be the same as p_filesz. */
6356 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
6357 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6358 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
6369 static elf_section_list
*
6370 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6372 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6378 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6379 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6380 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6382 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6383 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6384 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6385 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6386 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6387 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6388 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6389 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6391 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6394 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6395 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6397 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6398 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6399 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6402 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6403 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6406 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6407 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6411 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6412 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6414 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6415 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6416 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6417 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6419 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6422 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6423 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6424 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6426 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6427 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6428 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6429 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6430 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6431 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6432 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6433 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6434 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6436 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6439 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6442 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6443 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6447 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6448 assignment of sections to segments. */
6449 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6452 /* And for non-load sections. */
6453 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6457 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6460 /* Write out the program headers. */
6461 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6464 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6465 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6473 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6474 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6476 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6477 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6478 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6480 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6482 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6483 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6486 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6488 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6489 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6490 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6491 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6493 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6494 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6495 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6496 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6498 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6499 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6500 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6501 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6502 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6503 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6505 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6507 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6509 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6510 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6513 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6514 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6515 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6516 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6517 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6518 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6519 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6520 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6522 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6525 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6526 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6528 /* No program header, for now. */
6529 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6530 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6531 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6533 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6534 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6535 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6537 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6538 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", false);
6539 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6540 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", false);
6541 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6542 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", false);
6543 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6544 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6545 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6551 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6553 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6554 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6555 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6556 changed or the programs updated. */
6559 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6561 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6563 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6564 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6565 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6566 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6567 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6569 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6570 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6571 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6572 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6573 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6575 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6576 segments is non-zero. */
6578 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6583 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6584 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6587 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6590 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6592 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6593 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6595 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6597 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6598 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6599 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6602 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6604 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6605 bool is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6606 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6607 bool is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6610 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6612 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6614 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6615 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6617 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6618 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6622 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6623 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6625 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6626 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6628 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6629 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6633 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6634 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6637 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6639 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6641 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6643 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6648 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6653 /* Update section size and contents. */
6654 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6655 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6656 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6660 /* Update section size and contents. */
6661 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6662 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6665 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6672 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6674 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6675 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6676 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6677 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, true);
6679 /* Place the section headers. */
6680 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6681 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6682 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6683 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6684 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6685 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6691 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6693 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6696 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6697 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6699 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6700 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6702 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6703 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6704 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6705 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6707 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6708 already been written to the BFD. */
6709 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6711 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6715 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6718 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6722 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6725 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6726 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6727 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6729 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6730 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6731 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6732 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6733 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6735 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6737 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6739 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6740 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6745 /* Write out the section header names. */
6746 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6747 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6748 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6749 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6752 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6755 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6758 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6759 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6760 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6766 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6768 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6769 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6772 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6775 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6778 unsigned int sec_index
;
6780 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6781 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6782 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6784 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6785 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6786 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6787 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6788 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6789 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6791 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6793 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6794 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6796 int retval
= sec_index
;
6798 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6802 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6803 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6808 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6812 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6814 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6816 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6818 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6819 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6820 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6821 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6822 input sections rather than the output section. */
6823 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6824 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6825 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6829 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6830 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6831 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6832 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6833 && sec
->index
< elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6834 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
] != NULL
)
6835 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
6838 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6842 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6843 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6845 /* xgettext:c-format */
6846 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6847 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6848 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6855 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6856 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6864 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6867 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
6869 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6870 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6871 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6872 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6873 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6876 unsigned int num_segments
;
6877 bool phdr_included
= false;
6879 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6880 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6881 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6882 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6884 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6885 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6888 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6890 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6892 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6893 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6894 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6895 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6897 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6898 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6899 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6900 ? section->size : 0)
6902 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6903 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6904 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6905 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6906 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6907 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6909 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6910 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6911 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6912 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6913 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6914 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6915 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6917 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6918 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6919 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6920 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6921 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6922 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6923 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6925 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6927 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6929 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6933 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6934 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6935 p_memsz set to 0. */
6936 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6938 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6939 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6940 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6941 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6943 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6944 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6945 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6947 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6948 A section will be included if:
6949 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6950 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6951 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6953 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6954 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6955 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6956 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6957 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6958 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6959 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6960 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6961 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6962 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6963 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6964 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6965 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6966 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6967 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6968 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6969 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6970 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6971 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6972 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6973 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6974 || (segment->p_paddr \
6975 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6976 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6977 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6978 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6980 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6981 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6982 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6983 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6984 && section->output_section != NULL)
6986 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6987 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6988 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6990 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6991 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6992 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6993 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6994 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6996 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6997 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6998 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6999 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
7000 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
7002 /* Initialise the segment mark field, and discard stupid alignment. */
7003 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7005 asection
*o
= section
->output_section
;
7006 if (o
!= NULL
&& o
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
7007 o
->alignment_power
= 0;
7008 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7011 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
7012 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
7013 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
7014 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
7015 p_paddr_valid
= false;
7016 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7019 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7021 p_paddr_valid
= true;
7025 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
7026 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
7027 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
7028 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
7029 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7034 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
7036 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
7037 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
7038 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
7040 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
7041 assignment code will work. */
7042 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
7046 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7048 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
7049 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
7050 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7054 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
7055 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
7057 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7059 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7060 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7063 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7064 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7066 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7068 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7069 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7071 if (extra_length
> 0)
7073 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7074 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7077 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7079 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7081 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7086 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7088 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7089 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7091 if (extra_length
> 0)
7093 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7094 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7097 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7102 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7103 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7107 unsigned int section_count
;
7108 asection
**sections
;
7109 asection
*output_section
;
7111 asection
*matching_lma
;
7112 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7115 asection
*first_section
;
7117 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7120 first_section
= NULL
;
7121 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7122 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7124 section
= section
->next
)
7126 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7127 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7128 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7130 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7131 first_section
= section
;
7132 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7137 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7138 all of the sections we have selected. */
7139 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7140 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7141 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7145 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7146 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7148 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7149 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7150 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7152 if (map
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7153 && (ibfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
7155 && segment
->p_align
> 1)
7157 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7158 if (segment
->p_align
> maxpagesize
)
7159 map
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
7160 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7163 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7164 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7166 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7168 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7169 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7172 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7173 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7174 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7175 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7176 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7178 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7180 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7181 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7182 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7183 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7184 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7186 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7187 phdr_included
= true;
7190 if (section_count
== 0)
7192 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7193 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7194 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7195 a warning is produced.
7196 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7197 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7198 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7199 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7200 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7201 /* xgettext:c-format */
7203 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7204 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7205 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7207 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7209 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7210 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7215 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7216 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7217 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7218 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7220 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7221 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7224 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7225 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7226 of the first section.
7228 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7229 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7230 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7231 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7232 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7234 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7235 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7236 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7237 or segments to contain the other sections.
7239 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7240 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7241 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7243 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7244 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7245 if (sections
== NULL
)
7248 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7249 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7250 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7251 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7252 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7255 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7256 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7258 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7260 section
= section
->next
)
7262 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7264 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7266 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7268 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7269 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7270 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7271 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7273 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7274 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7276 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7277 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7278 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7279 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7280 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7281 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7283 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7284 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7285 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7287 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7288 LMA address of the output section. */
7289 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7291 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7292 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7293 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7295 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7296 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7297 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7299 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7300 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7302 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7304 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7305 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7307 if (j
== section_count
)
7312 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7314 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7316 if (isec
== section_count
)
7318 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7319 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7320 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7321 program header in the input BFD. */
7322 map
->count
= section_count
;
7323 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7324 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7327 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7329 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7330 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7331 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7332 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7333 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7335 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7337 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7338 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7346 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7347 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7348 section fitted, the first section. */
7349 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7350 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7352 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7354 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7355 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7356 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7358 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7360 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7361 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7362 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7363 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7364 offset when we know the correct value. */
7365 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7366 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7369 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7371 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7372 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7373 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7374 first section lma, but there may have been some
7375 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7376 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7377 the same alignment. */
7378 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7379 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7380 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7384 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7385 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7386 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7387 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7388 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7389 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7395 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7397 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7398 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7400 section
= sections
[j
];
7402 if (section
== NULL
)
7405 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7407 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7409 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7411 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7413 if (map
->count
== 0)
7415 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7416 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7418 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7419 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7420 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7421 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7422 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7424 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7425 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7432 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7434 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7435 and the start of this section is more than
7436 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7437 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7439 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7440 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7441 > output_section
->lma
))
7443 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7444 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7450 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7453 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7454 section
->segment_mark
= true;
7456 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7457 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7460 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7461 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7462 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7463 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7464 So allow a count of zero. */
7466 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7467 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7468 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7470 if (isec
< section_count
)
7472 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7473 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7474 and carry on looping. */
7475 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7476 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7477 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7484 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7485 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7486 not yet been assigned. */
7488 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7489 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7490 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7491 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7492 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7493 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7494 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7499 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7503 while (isec
< section_count
);
7508 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7510 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7511 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7512 the offset if necessary. */
7513 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7517 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7520 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7521 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7522 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7524 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7525 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7528 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7529 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7536 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7537 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7539 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7540 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7541 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7542 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7543 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7544 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7548 /* Return true if p_align in the ELF program header in ABFD is valid. */
7551 elf_is_p_align_valid (bfd
*abfd
)
7554 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7555 unsigned int num_segments
;
7556 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7557 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
7558 bfd_size_type p_align
= bed
->p_align
;
7560 /* Return true if the default p_align value isn't set or the maximum
7561 page size is the same as the minimum page size. */
7562 if (p_align
== 0 || maxpagesize
== bed
->minpagesize
)
7565 /* When the default p_align value is set, p_align may be set to the
7566 default p_align value while segments are aligned to the maximum
7567 page size. In this case, the input p_align will be ignored and
7568 the maximum page size will be used to align the output segments. */
7569 segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
7570 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
7571 for (i
= 0; i
< num_segments
; i
++, segment
++)
7572 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7573 && (segment
->p_align
!= p_align
7574 || vma_page_aligned_bias (segment
->p_vaddr
,
7582 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7585 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7587 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7588 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7589 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7590 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7591 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7593 unsigned int num_segments
;
7594 bool phdr_included
= false;
7596 bool p_palign_valid
;
7597 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7599 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7602 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7604 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7605 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7606 p_paddr_valid
= false;
7607 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7608 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7611 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7613 p_paddr_valid
= true;
7617 p_palign_valid
= elf_is_p_align_valid (ibfd
);
7619 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7624 unsigned int section_count
;
7626 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7627 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7628 asection
*lowest_section
;
7630 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7631 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7633 section
= section
->next
)
7635 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7636 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7638 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7639 first_section
= section
;
7644 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7645 all of the sections we have selected. */
7646 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7647 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7648 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7652 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7655 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7656 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7657 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7658 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7659 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7660 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7661 map
->p_align_valid
= p_palign_valid
;
7662 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7664 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7665 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7667 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7668 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7669 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7670 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7671 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7673 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7674 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7677 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7678 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7679 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7680 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7682 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7683 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7685 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7686 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7687 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7688 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7689 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7691 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7692 phdr_included
= true;
7695 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7696 if (section_count
!= 0)
7698 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7700 for (section
= first_section
;
7702 section
= section
->next
)
7704 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7705 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7707 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7708 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7712 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7713 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7714 lowest_section
= section
;
7716 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7717 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7718 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7719 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7721 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7722 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7724 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7725 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7726 map
->p_paddr_valid
= false;
7728 if (isec
== section_count
)
7734 if (section_count
== 0)
7735 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7736 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7738 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7739 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7740 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7741 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7742 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7743 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7745 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7746 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7749 map
->count
= section_count
;
7750 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7751 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7754 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7758 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7762 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7764 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
7766 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7767 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7770 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7773 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7775 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7776 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7777 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7778 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7779 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7781 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7783 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7785 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7786 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7789 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7790 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7791 section
= section
->next
)
7792 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7794 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7795 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7799 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7800 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7801 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7802 map in this case. */
7803 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7804 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7805 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7808 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7809 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7811 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7812 from the input BFD. */
7813 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7815 osec
->segment_mark
= true;
7817 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7818 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7819 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7821 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7822 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7824 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7825 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7826 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7827 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7828 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7829 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7835 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7837 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7838 section
= section
->next
)
7840 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7843 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7846 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7851 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7853 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7854 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7855 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7857 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7859 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7862 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7863 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7865 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7866 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7867 /* xgettext:c-format */
7868 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7869 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7870 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7872 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7875 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
7876 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
7878 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
, maxpagesize
);
7881 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7884 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7888 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7892 bool final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7893 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7895 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7896 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7899 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7901 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7902 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7903 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7904 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7905 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7906 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7907 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7908 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7909 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7910 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7911 are different the user may be doing something like
7912 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7913 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7914 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7915 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7917 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7918 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7919 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7921 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7922 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7923 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7925 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7926 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7927 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7928 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7929 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7931 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7932 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7933 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7934 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7935 if ((link_info
== NULL
7936 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7937 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7938 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7940 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7941 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7942 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7943 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7946 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7947 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7948 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7951 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7953 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7954 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7955 may be NULL at this point. */
7956 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7958 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7959 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7960 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7963 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7968 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7969 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7972 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7977 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7979 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7980 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7983 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7984 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7986 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7988 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7989 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7990 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7991 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7992 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7994 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7998 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7999 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
8000 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
8001 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
8002 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
8006 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
8010 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
8011 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
8013 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
8014 asection
*s
= first
;
8015 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
8019 /* If this member section is being output but the
8020 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
8021 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
8022 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
8023 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
8025 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
8026 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
8030 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
8031 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
8032 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
8034 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
8035 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
8038 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
8039 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8041 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
8042 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8047 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
8049 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
8050 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
8052 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
8053 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
8057 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
8063 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
8065 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
8066 adjust the input section size. */
8067 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
8068 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
8069 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
8070 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
8073 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8076 else if (isec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8078 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
8080 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
8081 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
8083 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
8084 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8093 /* Copy private header information. */
8096 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8098 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8099 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8102 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8103 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8104 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8105 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8106 already been worked out. */
8107 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8109 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8113 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8116 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8117 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8118 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8119 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8120 swap_out_syms function. */
8122 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8123 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8124 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8125 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8126 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8129 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8134 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8136 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8137 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8140 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8141 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8144 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8146 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8150 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8151 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8152 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8153 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8154 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8155 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8157 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8158 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8159 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8160 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8161 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8167 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8170 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8171 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8173 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8176 unsigned int symcount
;
8178 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8179 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8180 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8181 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8182 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8183 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8184 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8185 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8187 unsigned int num_locals
;
8189 bool name_local_sections
;
8191 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8194 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8195 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8199 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8200 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8201 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8202 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8203 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8204 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8205 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8206 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8208 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8209 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8211 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8212 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8213 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8215 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8216 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8220 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8221 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8224 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8227 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8230 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8231 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8233 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8235 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8237 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8238 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8240 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8241 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8243 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8244 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8247 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8248 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8249 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8250 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8251 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8253 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8256 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8258 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8259 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8265 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8266 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8267 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8268 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8269 outbound_syms_index
++;
8273 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8274 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8276 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8277 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8279 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8280 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8281 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8282 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8285 if (!name_local_sections
8286 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8288 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8289 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8293 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8294 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8296 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8298 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8302 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8304 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8305 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8307 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8308 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8309 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8310 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8311 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8312 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8313 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8315 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8316 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8317 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8321 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8324 if (sec
->output_section
)
8326 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8327 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8330 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8331 if (! relocatable_p
)
8333 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8334 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8336 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8338 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8340 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8341 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8342 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8343 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8347 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8350 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8353 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8356 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8359 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8360 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8367 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8369 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8370 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8371 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8375 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8376 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8377 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8386 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8388 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8392 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8393 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8394 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8395 demand of applications. For example, it
8396 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8397 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8398 actually in the output file. */
8399 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8401 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8402 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8404 /* xgettext:c-format */
8406 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8407 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8408 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8416 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8419 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8421 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8422 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8423 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8425 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8427 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8429 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8434 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8437 /* Processor-specific types. */
8438 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8439 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8440 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8441 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8443 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8445 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8446 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8448 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8450 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8452 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8454 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8455 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8456 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8458 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8459 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8461 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8463 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8464 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8468 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8469 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8472 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8474 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8476 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8477 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8478 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8480 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8483 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8486 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8488 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8489 sym
.st_target_internal
8490 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8495 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8499 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8500 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8502 outbound_syms_index
++;
8505 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8506 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8508 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8509 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8511 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8512 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8513 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8515 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8516 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8517 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8518 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8521 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8523 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8525 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8526 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8527 NPTR_ADD (outbound_shndx
,
8529 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8534 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8535 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8536 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8537 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8538 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8539 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8540 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8541 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8546 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8548 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8549 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8550 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8553 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8555 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8559 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8560 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8562 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8565 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8567 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8568 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8570 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8572 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8574 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8583 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8585 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8587 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8589 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8591 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8595 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8596 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8601 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8603 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8604 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8606 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8608 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8610 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8619 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8621 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8623 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8624 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8625 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8626 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8627 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8629 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8636 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8637 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8643 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1L) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8646 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8649 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8656 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8658 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, false))
8661 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8662 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8663 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8667 return section
->reloc_count
;
8671 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8673 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8674 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, false);
8677 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8682 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8683 asymbol
**allocation
)
8685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8686 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, true);
8689 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8693 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8694 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8695 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8696 dynamic reloc section. */
8699 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8701 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8704 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8712 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8713 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8714 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8715 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8717 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8718 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8723 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8724 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8730 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8732 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8733 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8734 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8736 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8740 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8743 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8744 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8745 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8746 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8747 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8748 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8749 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8752 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8756 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
8760 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8762 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8766 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8768 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8770 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8771 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8772 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8777 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, true))
8779 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8781 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8792 /* Read in the version information. */
8795 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bool default_imported_symver
)
8797 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8798 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8801 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8803 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8804 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8805 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8807 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8809 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8811 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8812 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8814 error_return_bad_verref
:
8816 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8818 error_return_verref
:
8819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8824 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8825 goto error_return_verref
;
8826 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8827 if (contents
== NULL
)
8828 goto error_return_verref
;
8830 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8833 goto error_return_verref
;
8835 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8836 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8837 goto error_return_verref
;
8839 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8840 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8841 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8842 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8843 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8844 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8846 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8847 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8850 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8852 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8854 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8855 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8857 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8858 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8860 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8861 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8864 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8865 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8868 goto error_return_verref
;
8870 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8871 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8872 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8873 goto error_return_verref
;
8876 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8877 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8878 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8880 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8881 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8882 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8883 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8885 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8887 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8888 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8889 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8890 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8891 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8893 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8894 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8896 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8897 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8899 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8902 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8903 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8905 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8906 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8907 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8909 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8910 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8913 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8914 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8916 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8917 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8919 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8920 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8921 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8923 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8924 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8926 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8932 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8934 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8935 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8936 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8937 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8938 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8940 unsigned int maxidx
;
8941 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8943 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8945 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8947 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8949 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8950 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8951 error_return_verdef
:
8952 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8957 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8958 goto error_return_verdef
;
8959 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8960 if (contents
== NULL
)
8961 goto error_return_verdef
;
8963 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8964 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8965 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8966 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8967 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8968 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8970 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8971 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8973 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8975 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8977 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8979 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8980 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8981 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8982 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8984 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8987 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8988 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8989 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8991 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8992 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8995 if (default_imported_symver
)
8997 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
9002 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9004 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9005 goto error_return_verdef
;
9007 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9008 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9009 goto error_return_verdef
;
9011 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
9013 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
9014 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
9015 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
9017 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
9018 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9021 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
9023 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
9024 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
9026 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
9027 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
9029 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9031 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
9032 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
9035 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
9036 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
9038 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9039 goto error_return_verdef
;
9041 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9042 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9043 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9044 goto error_return_verdef
;
9048 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
9049 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
9051 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
9052 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
9053 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9054 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
9056 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
9058 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
9059 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
9060 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
9061 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
9062 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
9064 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
9065 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
9067 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
9070 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
9071 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
9073 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
9074 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
9075 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
9077 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
9078 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
9081 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
9082 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
9083 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
9085 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9086 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
9088 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
9089 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
9091 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
9092 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
9098 else if (default_imported_symver
)
9105 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9110 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9111 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9114 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
9117 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
9118 if (default_imported_symver
)
9120 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9121 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9123 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9125 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9126 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9127 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9128 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9130 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9132 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9133 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9134 goto error_return_verdef
;
9135 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9136 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9137 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9138 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9139 goto error_return_verdef
;
9141 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9142 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9153 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9155 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9157 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9160 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9161 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9165 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9169 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9172 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9173 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9177 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9180 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9181 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9184 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9185 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9186 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9189 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9190 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9191 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9192 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9193 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9194 we treat such symbols as local. */
9195 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9198 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9199 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9200 These labels have the form:
9202 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9204 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9206 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9207 so we only need to match the rest. */
9208 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9214 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9216 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9218 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9219 /* A fake symbol. */
9222 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9223 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9224 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9225 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9226 other than some kind of local ? */
9243 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9244 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9251 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9252 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9253 unsigned long machine
)
9255 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9256 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9257 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9258 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9259 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9262 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9265 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9266 for error reporting. */
9269 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9273 const char **filename_ptr
,
9274 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9275 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9276 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9280 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9281 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9282 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9283 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9284 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9287 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9288 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9290 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9291 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9292 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9297 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9298 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9299 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9300 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9302 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9305 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9308 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9309 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9316 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9319 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9320 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9322 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9323 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9324 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9325 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9328 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9329 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9330 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9331 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9332 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9335 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9336 const char **filename_ptr
,
9337 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9338 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9341 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9342 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9343 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9348 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9350 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9351 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9353 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9355 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9357 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9359 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9362 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9363 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9366 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9369 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9377 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9379 const void *location
,
9381 bfd_size_type count
)
9383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9386 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9387 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9393 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9394 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9396 unsigned char *contents
;
9398 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9399 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9403 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9406 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9408 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9412 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9415 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9422 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9423 if (contents
== NULL
)
9426 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9429 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9433 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9437 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9438 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9439 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9446 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9447 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9448 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9454 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9457 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9459 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9461 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9463 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9464 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9466 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9467 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9469 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9471 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9474 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9477 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9480 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9483 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9486 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9489 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9495 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9497 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9499 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9500 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9502 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9507 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9513 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9516 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9519 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9522 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9525 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9531 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9535 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9543 /* xgettext:c-format */
9544 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9545 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9546 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9551 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9553 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9555 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9556 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9558 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9559 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9560 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9563 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9566 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9567 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9568 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9571 bfd_reloc_status_type
9572 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9573 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9574 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9575 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9576 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9578 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9581 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9582 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9583 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9584 out details about the corefile. */
9586 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9587 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9590 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9591 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9594 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9598 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9600 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9605 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9606 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9607 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9611 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9615 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9618 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9622 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9623 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9624 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9628 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9629 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9630 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9631 such a section already exists.
9632 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9633 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9634 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9636 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9642 char *threaded_name
;
9646 /* Build the section name. */
9648 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9649 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9650 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9651 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9653 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9655 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9660 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9661 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9663 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9667 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9670 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9676 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9677 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9678 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9683 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9685 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9689 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9692 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9697 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9701 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9702 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9703 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9705 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9706 has already been set by another thread. */
9707 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9708 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9709 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9710 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9712 /* pr_who exists on:
9715 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9718 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9719 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9721 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9724 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9725 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9727 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9728 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9730 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9731 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9732 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9734 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9735 has already been set by another thread. */
9736 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9738 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9741 /* pr_who exists on:
9744 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9747 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9748 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9753 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9756 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9757 note size (ie. data object type). */
9761 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9762 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9763 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9765 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9767 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9769 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9771 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9773 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9774 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9777 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9778 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9779 data structure apart. */
9782 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9784 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9787 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9788 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9792 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9794 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9797 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9798 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9799 contents literally. */
9802 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9808 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9810 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9814 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9816 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9820 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9822 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9826 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9828 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9832 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9834 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9838 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9840 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9844 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9846 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9850 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9852 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9856 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9862 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9868 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9874 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9876 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9880 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9882 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9886 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9888 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9892 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9894 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9898 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9900 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9904 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9906 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9910 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9912 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9916 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9922 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9924 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9928 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9930 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9934 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9936 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9940 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9942 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9946 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9948 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9952 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9954 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9958 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9960 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9964 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9966 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9970 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9972 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9976 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9978 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9982 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9984 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9988 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9990 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9994 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9996 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
10000 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10002 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
10006 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10008 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
10012 elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-mte",
10019 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10021 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
10024 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".reg-riscv-csr". Return TRUE if
10025 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
10028 elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10030 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-riscv-csr", note
);
10033 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".gdb-tdesc". Return TRUE if
10034 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
10037 elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10039 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".gdb-tdesc", note
);
10043 elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10045 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg", note
);
10049 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lbt", note
);
10055 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10057 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lsx", note
);
10061 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10063 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lasx", note
);
10066 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
10067 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
10068 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
10069 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
10073 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10074 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
10075 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
10076 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
10080 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
10081 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
10082 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
10085 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
10088 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
10096 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
10100 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
10106 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10108 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10110 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
10112 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
10114 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10116 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
10117 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10119 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10120 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10121 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10123 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10124 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10125 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10127 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10128 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
10130 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10131 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
10133 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10135 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
10136 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10139 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10140 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10142 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10143 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10144 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10150 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
10151 note size (ie. data object type). */
10155 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
10156 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
10157 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
10160 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
10161 int n
= strlen (command
);
10163 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
10164 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10169 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10171 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10173 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10175 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10176 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10177 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10183 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10185 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10187 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10188 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10190 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10193 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10198 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10199 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10200 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10204 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10206 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10208 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10210 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10216 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10217 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10218 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10223 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10225 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10226 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10228 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10229 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10231 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10233 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10234 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10235 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10238 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10240 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10244 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10245 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10246 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10247 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10250 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10251 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10252 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10255 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10257 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10260 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10262 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10263 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10264 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10267 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10269 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10273 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10274 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10275 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10276 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10279 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10280 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10281 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10284 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10286 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10288 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10290 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10291 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10292 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10293 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10294 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10295 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10298 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10303 unsigned int name_size
;
10306 int is_active_thread
;
10309 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10312 if (! startswith (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10315 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10319 const char *type_name
;
10320 unsigned long min_size
;
10323 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10324 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10325 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10326 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10329 if (type
== 0 || type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10332 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10334 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10335 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10341 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10342 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10343 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10344 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10347 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10348 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10350 /* thread_info.tid */
10351 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10353 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10354 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10358 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10360 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10364 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10365 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10366 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10367 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10368 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10370 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10371 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10373 if (is_active_thread
)
10374 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10378 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10379 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10380 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10381 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10383 /* module_info.base_address */
10384 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10385 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10386 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10387 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10389 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10391 /* module_info.base_address */
10392 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10393 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10394 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10395 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10398 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10399 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10403 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10405 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10410 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10412 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10413 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10417 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10418 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10419 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10430 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10434 switch (note
->type
)
10440 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10441 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10443 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10444 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10449 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10451 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10454 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10456 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10459 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10460 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10462 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10463 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10465 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10466 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10467 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10468 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10472 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10473 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10474 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10475 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10480 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10481 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10482 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10487 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10488 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10489 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10494 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10495 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10496 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10501 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10502 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10503 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10508 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10509 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10510 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10515 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10516 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10517 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10522 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10523 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10524 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10528 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10529 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10530 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10531 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10535 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10536 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10537 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10538 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10542 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10543 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10544 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10545 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10549 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10550 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10551 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10552 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10556 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10557 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10558 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10559 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10563 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10564 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10565 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10566 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10570 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10571 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10572 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10573 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10577 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10578 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10579 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10580 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10584 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10585 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10586 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10587 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10591 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10592 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10593 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10594 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10598 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10599 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10600 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10601 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10605 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10606 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10607 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10608 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10613 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10614 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10615 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10619 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10620 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10621 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10622 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10626 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10627 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10628 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10629 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10633 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10634 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10635 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10636 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10641 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10642 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10643 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10647 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10648 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10649 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10650 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10654 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10655 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10656 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10657 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10661 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10662 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10663 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10664 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10668 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10669 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10670 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10671 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10676 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10677 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10678 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10683 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10684 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10685 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10690 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10691 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10692 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10696 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10697 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10698 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10699 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10703 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10704 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10705 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10706 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10711 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10712 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10713 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10717 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10718 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10719 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10720 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10724 case NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
:
10725 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10726 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10727 return elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (abfd
, note
);
10732 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10733 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10734 return elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, note
);
10739 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10740 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10741 return elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (abfd
, note
);
10745 case NT_LARCH_CPUCFG
:
10746 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10747 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10748 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd
, note
);
10753 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10754 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10755 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (abfd
, note
);
10760 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10761 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10762 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (abfd
, note
);
10766 case NT_LARCH_LASX
:
10767 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10768 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10769 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (abfd
, note
);
10775 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10776 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10778 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10779 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10785 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10788 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10792 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10799 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10801 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10803 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10806 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10807 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10810 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10811 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10812 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10818 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10820 switch (note
->type
)
10825 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10826 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10828 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10829 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10834 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10836 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10837 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10838 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10840 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10841 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10842 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10844 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10850 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10852 switch (note
->type
)
10855 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10863 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10867 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10870 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10875 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10883 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10884 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10889 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10890 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10894 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10898 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10899 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10900 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10903 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10904 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10905 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10908 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10911 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10912 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10915 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10916 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10922 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10928 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10929 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10930 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10934 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10938 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10939 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10946 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10949 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10950 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10953 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10954 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10955 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10957 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10962 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10966 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10969 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10970 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10972 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10975 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10976 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10977 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10980 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10981 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10984 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10985 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10988 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10989 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10990 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10994 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10996 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10998 switch (note
->type
)
11001 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
11002 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
11004 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
11007 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
11010 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
11012 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
11013 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
11014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
11018 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
11019 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
11022 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
11023 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
11026 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
11027 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
11030 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
11031 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
11033 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
11034 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
11035 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
11039 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
11040 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
11044 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
11052 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
11056 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
11059 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
11066 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11068 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
11071 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11072 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11073 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11075 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
11076 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11077 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
11079 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11080 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11081 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
11083 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
11088 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11092 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
11093 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
11095 switch (note
->type
)
11097 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
11098 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
11099 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
11100 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
11101 creates a core file. */
11102 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11103 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
11104 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
11105 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
11106 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
11107 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
11108 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
11114 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
11115 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
11116 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
11119 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
11123 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
11125 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
11126 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
11128 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
11129 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
11130 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
11131 switch (note
->type
)
11133 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
11134 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11136 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
11137 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11143 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
11144 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
11145 structure which lacks GBR. */
11148 switch (note
->type
)
11150 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11151 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11153 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
11154 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11160 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
11161 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
11164 switch (note
->type
)
11166 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
11167 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11169 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11170 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11180 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11182 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
11185 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11187 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11189 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
11190 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11191 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
11193 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11195 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
11200 /* Processes Solaris's process status note.
11201 sig_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_cursig)
11202 pid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_pid)
11203 lwpid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_who)
11204 gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
11205 gregset_offset ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg) */
11208 elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
, int sig_off
,
11209 int pid_off
, int lwpid_off
, size_t gregset_size
,
11210 size_t gregset_offset
)
11212 asection
*sect
= NULL
;
11213 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11214 = bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ sig_off
);
11215 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11216 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ pid_off
);
11217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
11218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ lwpid_off
);
11220 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reg");
11222 sect
->size
= gregset_size
;
11224 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", gregset_size
,
11225 note
->descpos
+ gregset_offset
);
11228 /* Gets program and arguments from a core.
11229 prog_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_fname)
11230 comm_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_psargs) */
11233 elfcore_grok_solaris_info(bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
,
11234 int prog_off
, int comm_off
)
11236 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
11237 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ prog_off
, 16);
11238 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11239 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ comm_off
, 80);
11244 /* Processes Solaris's LWP status note.
11245 gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
11246 gregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)
11247 fpregset_size ~ sizeof(fpregset_t)
11248 fpregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg) */
11251 elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
,
11252 size_t gregset_size
, int gregset_off
,
11253 size_t fpregset_size
, int fpregset_off
)
11255 asection
*sect
= NULL
;
11256 char reg2_section_name
[16] = { 0 };
11258 (void) snprintf (reg2_section_name
, 16, "%s/%i", ".reg2",
11259 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
);
11261 /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_lwpid) */
11262 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
11263 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
11264 /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_cursig) */
11265 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11266 = bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
11268 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reg");
11270 sect
->size
= gregset_size
;
11271 else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", gregset_size
,
11272 note
->descpos
+ gregset_off
))
11275 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, reg2_section_name
);
11278 sect
->size
= fpregset_size
;
11279 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ fpregset_off
;
11280 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11282 else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", fpregset_size
,
11283 note
->descpos
+ fpregset_off
))
11290 elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11295 /* core files are identified as 32- or 64-bit, SPARC or x86,
11296 by the size of the descsz which matches the sizeof()
11297 the type appropriate for that note type (e.g., prstatus_t for
11298 SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS) for the corresponding architecture
11299 on Solaris. The core file bitness may differ from the bitness of
11300 gdb itself, so fixed values are used instead of sizeof().
11301 Appropriate fixed offsets are also used to obtain data from
11304 switch ((int) note
->type
)
11306 case SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS
:
11307 switch (note
->descsz
)
11309 case 508: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
11310 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11311 136, 216, 308, 152, 356);
11312 case 904: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
11313 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11314 264, 360, 520, 304, 600);
11315 case 432: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
11316 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11317 136, 216, 308, 76, 356);
11318 case 824: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
11319 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11320 264, 360, 520, 224, 600);
11325 case SOLARIS_NT_PSINFO
:
11326 case SOLARIS_NT_PRPSINFO
:
11327 switch (note
->descsz
)
11329 case 260: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
11330 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 84, 100);
11331 case 328: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
11332 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 120, 136);
11333 case 360: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
11334 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 88, 104);
11335 case 440: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
11336 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 136, 152);
11341 case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSTATUS
:
11342 switch (note
->descsz
)
11344 case 896: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
11345 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11346 152, 344, 400, 496);
11347 case 1392: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
11348 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11349 304, 544, 544, 848);
11350 case 800: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
11351 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11352 76, 344, 380, 420);
11353 case 1296: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
11354 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11355 224, 544, 528, 768);
11360 case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSINFO
:
11361 /* sizeof(lwpsinfo_t) on 32- and 64-bit, respectively */
11362 if (note
->descsz
== 128 || note
->descsz
== 152)
11363 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
=
11364 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
11374 /* For name starting with "CORE" this may be either a Solaris
11375 core file or a gdb-generated core file. Do Solaris-specific
11376 processing on selected note types first with
11377 elfcore_grok_solaris_note(), then process the note
11378 in elfcore_grok_note(). */
11381 elfcore_grok_solaris_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11383 if (!elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (abfd
, note
))
11386 return elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, note
);
11390 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11392 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
11393 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11395 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
11396 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11398 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
11399 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11401 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
11402 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
11404 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11405 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11407 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11409 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11414 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11415 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11416 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11425 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11427 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11434 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11437 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11438 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11440 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11441 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11443 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11444 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11446 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11447 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11449 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11450 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11453 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11454 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11455 thread just in case. */
11456 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11457 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11459 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11460 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11462 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11465 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11467 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11471 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11472 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11473 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11475 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11479 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11480 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11488 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11489 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11491 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11494 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11496 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11500 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11501 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11502 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11504 /* This is the current thread. */
11505 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11506 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11511 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11512 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11513 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11514 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11517 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11519 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11520 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11522 static long tid
= 1;
11524 switch (note
->type
)
11526 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11527 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11528 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11529 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11530 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11531 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11532 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11533 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11540 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11546 /* Use note name as section name. */
11547 len
= note
->namesz
;
11548 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11551 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11552 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11554 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11558 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11559 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11560 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11565 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11568 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11572 size of data for note
11574 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11575 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11576 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11577 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11580 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11583 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11591 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11598 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11600 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11602 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11605 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11606 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11607 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11608 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11609 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11610 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11614 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11622 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11632 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11633 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11634 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11635 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11636 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11637 be NULL terminated.
11638 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11639 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11640 the finer control available with later versions.
11641 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11642 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11643 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11644 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11645 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11646 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11647 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11650 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11654 const char *psargs
)
11656 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11658 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11661 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11662 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11667 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11668 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11669 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11671 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11673 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11676 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11679 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11680 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11681 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11682 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11683 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11688 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11690 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11693 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11696 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11697 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11698 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11699 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11700 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11702 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11707 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11708 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11712 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11713 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11714 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11716 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11718 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11720 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11721 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11722 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11726 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11728 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11729 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11730 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11735 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11736 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11737 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11739 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11741 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11743 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11744 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11745 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11749 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11751 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11752 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11753 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11758 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11765 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11767 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11770 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11772 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11777 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11778 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11779 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11781 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11783 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11784 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11785 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11786 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11787 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11788 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11795 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11796 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11797 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11798 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11799 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11800 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11802 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11808 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11810 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11817 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11818 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11820 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11821 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11822 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11823 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11824 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11825 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11826 #if !defined(gregs)
11827 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11828 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11830 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11831 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11834 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11835 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11837 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11839 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11841 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11845 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11846 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11848 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11849 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11850 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11852 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11856 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11857 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11858 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11859 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11867 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11868 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11869 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11870 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11874 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11877 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11880 const void *fpregs
,
11883 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11884 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11885 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11889 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11892 const void *xfpregs
,
11895 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11896 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11897 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11901 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11902 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11905 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11906 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11908 note_name
= "LINUX";
11909 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11910 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11914 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11917 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11920 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11922 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11926 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11929 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11932 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11933 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11934 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11938 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11941 const void *ppc_tar
,
11944 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11945 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11946 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11950 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11953 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11956 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11957 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11958 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11962 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11965 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11968 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11969 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11970 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11974 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11977 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11980 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11981 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11982 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11986 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11989 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11992 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11993 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11994 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11998 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
12001 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
12004 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12005 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12006 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
12010 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
12013 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
12016 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12017 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12018 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
12022 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
12025 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
12028 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12029 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12030 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
12034 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
12037 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
12040 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12041 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12042 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
12046 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
12049 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
12052 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12053 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12054 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
12058 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
12061 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
12064 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12065 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12066 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
12070 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
12073 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
12076 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12077 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12078 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
12082 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
12085 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
12088 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12089 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12090 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
12094 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
12097 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
12100 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12101 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12102 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
12103 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
12107 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
12110 const void *s390_timer
,
12113 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12114 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12115 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
12119 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
12122 const void *s390_todcmp
,
12125 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12126 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12127 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
12131 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
12134 const void *s390_todpreg
,
12137 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12138 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12139 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
12143 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
12146 const void *s390_ctrs
,
12149 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12150 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12151 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
12155 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
12158 const void *s390_prefix
,
12161 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12162 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12163 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
12167 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
12170 const void *s390_last_break
,
12173 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12174 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12175 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
12176 s390_last_break
, size
);
12180 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
12183 const void *s390_system_call
,
12186 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12187 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12188 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
12189 s390_system_call
, size
);
12193 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
12196 const void *s390_tdb
,
12199 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12201 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
12205 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
12208 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
12211 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12213 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
12217 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
12220 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
12223 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12224 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12225 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
12226 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
12230 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
12233 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
12236 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12237 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12238 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
12243 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
12246 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
12249 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12250 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12251 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
12256 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
12259 const void *arm_vfp
,
12262 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12263 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12264 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
12268 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
12271 const void *aarch_tls
,
12274 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12275 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12276 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
12280 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
12283 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
12286 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12287 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12288 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
12292 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
12295 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
12298 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12299 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12300 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
12304 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
12307 const void *aarch_sve
,
12310 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12311 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12312 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
12316 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
12319 const void *aarch_pauth
,
12322 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12323 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12324 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
12328 elfcore_write_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
,
12331 const void *aarch_mte
,
12334 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12335 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12336 note_name
, NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
,
12342 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
12345 const void *arc_v2
,
12348 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12349 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12350 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
12354 elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd
*abfd
,
12357 const void *loongarch_cpucfg
,
12360 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12361 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12362 note_name
, NT_LARCH_CPUCFG
,
12363 loongarch_cpucfg
, size
);
12367 elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (bfd
*abfd
,
12370 const void *loongarch_lbt
,
12373 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12374 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12375 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LBT
, loongarch_lbt
, size
);
12379 elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (bfd
*abfd
,
12382 const void *loongarch_lsx
,
12385 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12386 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12387 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LSX
, loongarch_lsx
, size
);
12391 elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (bfd
*abfd
,
12394 const void *loongarch_lasx
,
12397 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12398 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12399 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LASX
, loongarch_lasx
, size
);
12402 /* Write the buffer of csr values in CSRS (length SIZE) into the note
12403 buffer BUF and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the note is being
12404 written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the note buffer, to
12405 replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12408 elfcore_write_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
,
12414 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12415 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12416 note_name
, NT_RISCV_CSR
, csrs
, size
);
12419 /* Write the target description (a string) pointed to by TDESC, length
12420 SIZE, into the note buffer BUF, and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the
12421 note is being written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the
12422 note buffer, to replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12425 elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
,
12431 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12432 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12433 note_name
, NT_GDB_TDESC
, tdesc
, size
);
12437 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
12440 const char *section
,
12444 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
12445 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12446 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
12447 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12448 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
12449 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12450 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
12451 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12452 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
12453 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12454 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
12455 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12456 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
12457 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12458 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
12459 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12460 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
12461 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12462 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
12463 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12464 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
12465 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12466 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
12467 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12468 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
12469 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12470 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
12471 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12472 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
12473 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12474 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
12475 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12476 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
12477 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12478 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
12479 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12480 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
12481 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12482 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
12483 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12484 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
12485 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12486 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
12487 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12488 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
12489 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12490 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
12491 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12492 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
12493 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12494 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
12495 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12496 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
12497 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12498 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
12499 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12500 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
12501 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12502 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12503 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12504 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12505 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12506 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12507 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12508 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12509 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12510 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12511 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12512 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12513 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12514 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12515 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12516 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12517 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12518 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-mte") == 0)
12519 return elfcore_write_aarch_mte (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12520 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12521 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12522 if (strcmp (section
, ".gdb-tdesc") == 0)
12523 return elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12524 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-riscv-csr") == 0)
12525 return elfcore_write_riscv_csr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12526 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg") == 0)
12527 return elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12528 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lbt") == 0)
12529 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12530 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lsx") == 0)
12531 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12532 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lasx") == 0)
12533 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12538 elfcore_write_file_note (bfd
*obfd
, char *note_data
, int *note_size
,
12539 const void *buf
, int bufsiz
)
12541 return elfcore_write_note (obfd
, note_data
, note_size
,
12542 "CORE", NT_FILE
, buf
, bufsiz
);
12546 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12551 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12552 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12553 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12554 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12557 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12561 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12563 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12564 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12566 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12569 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12571 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12572 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12573 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12576 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12577 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12578 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12580 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12581 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12584 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12591 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12594 const char * string
;
12596 bool (*func
) (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12600 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12601 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12602 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12603 GROKER_ELEMENT ("OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12604 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12605 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12606 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
),
12607 GROKER_ELEMENT ("CORE", elfcore_grok_solaris_note
)
12609 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12612 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12614 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12615 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12616 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12618 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12627 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12629 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12632 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12633 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12635 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12641 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12648 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12653 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12656 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12659 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12663 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12664 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12667 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12677 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12679 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12680 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12681 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12684 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12686 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12692 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12695 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12696 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12697 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12698 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12700 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12701 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12704 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12708 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12710 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12714 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12715 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12716 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12717 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12722 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12723 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12724 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12725 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12727 return reloc_class_normal
;
12730 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12731 relocation against a local symbol. */
12734 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12735 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12737 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12739 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12740 bfd_vma relocation
;
12742 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12743 + sec
->output_offset
12745 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12746 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12747 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12750 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12751 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12752 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12755 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12756 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12757 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12758 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12759 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12760 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12761 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12764 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12765 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12771 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12772 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12776 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12778 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12779 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12781 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12782 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12783 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12786 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12787 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12788 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12789 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12793 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12794 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12798 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12800 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12801 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12803 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12804 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12807 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12809 /* Reverse the offset. */
12810 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12811 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12813 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12814 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12815 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12816 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12822 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12823 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12824 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12825 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12826 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12827 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12829 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12830 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12831 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12832 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12833 the remote memory. */
12836 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12839 bfd_size_type size
,
12840 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12841 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12843 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12844 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12848 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12849 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12850 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12855 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12858 const char *relplt_name
;
12859 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
12863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12869 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12872 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12875 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12878 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12879 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12880 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12881 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12882 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12885 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12886 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12887 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12890 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12894 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12895 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
12898 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12899 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12900 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12901 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12903 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12904 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12907 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12909 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12914 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12918 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12919 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12921 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12926 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12927 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12930 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12931 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12932 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12933 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12934 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12935 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12937 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12940 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12941 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12943 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12947 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12948 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12949 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12950 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12953 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12956 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12957 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12964 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12965 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12966 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12967 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12968 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12969 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12970 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12971 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12974 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12976 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12978 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12980 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12981 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12983 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12984 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12985 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12986 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12988 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12989 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12990 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12991 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12993 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12994 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12995 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12996 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12997 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12998 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12999 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
13000 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
13001 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
13002 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
13003 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
13004 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
13005 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
13013 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
13014 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
13015 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
13018 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
13020 return (type
== STT_FUNC
13021 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
13024 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
13025 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
13026 otherwise return zero. */
13029 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
13032 bfd_size_type size
;
13033 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
13035 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
13036 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
13037 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
13040 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
13042 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
13043 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
13044 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
13045 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
13046 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
13047 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
13049 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
13050 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
13051 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
13054 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
13055 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
13056 return size
? size
: 1;
13059 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
13060 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
13062 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
13063 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
13064 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
13066 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
13069 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
13072 unsigned int shindex
)
13074 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
13075 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
13078 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13079 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
13081 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
13082 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
13085 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
13088 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13090 asymbol
** symbols
,
13093 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13095 bool result
= true;
13096 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
13098 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
13099 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
13100 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
13103 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
13105 if (!elf_section_data (sec
)->has_secondary_relocs
)
13108 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
13109 associated with SEC. */
13110 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
13112 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
13114 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
13115 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
13116 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13117 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
13119 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
13120 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
13121 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
13122 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
13124 unsigned int entsize
;
13125 unsigned int symcount
;
13126 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13129 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
13132 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13133 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13134 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13136 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13138 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
13139 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
13145 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
13146 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
13148 free (native_relocs
);
13149 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
13154 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13155 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13157 free (native_relocs
);
13162 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
13163 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
13166 free (native_relocs
);
13167 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
13168 the memory for the bfd is released. */
13174 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
13176 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
13178 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
13179 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
13181 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
13184 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13186 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13187 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
13188 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13189 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
13191 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
13192 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
13193 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
13194 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
13195 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
13196 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
13198 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
13200 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
13202 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
13203 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
13204 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
13205 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13207 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
13210 /* xgettext:c-format */
13211 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
13212 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
13213 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13214 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
13215 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13222 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
13223 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
13224 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
13225 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
13228 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
13230 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
13231 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
13233 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13234 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
13241 free (native_relocs
);
13242 /* Store the internal relocs. */
13243 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
13250 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
13253 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13254 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13255 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
13256 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
13260 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
13262 if (isection
== NULL
)
13265 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
13268 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
13272 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
13276 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
13277 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
13278 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
13279 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
13280 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
13281 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
13283 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
13285 /* xgettext:c-format */
13286 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
13288 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13292 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
13293 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
13294 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
13297 /* xgettext:c-format */
13298 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
13300 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13304 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
13306 if (isection
== NULL
13307 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
13308 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
13311 /* xgettext:c-format */
13312 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
13314 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13318 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
13319 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
13320 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
13321 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
13322 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13323 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
13324 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
13325 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
13326 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
13332 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
13334 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
13335 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
13336 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
13337 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
13340 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
13342 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13343 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
13345 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
13346 bool result
= true;
13351 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
13352 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
13353 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
13356 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
13358 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
13359 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
13360 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
13362 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
13363 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
13365 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
13366 associated with SEC. */
13367 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
13369 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
13370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
13372 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
13373 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
13375 asymbol
* last_sym
;
13377 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13379 unsigned int entsize
;
13380 arelent
* src_irel
;
13381 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
13383 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
13386 /* xgettext:c-format */
13387 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
13389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13394 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13398 /* xgettext:c-format */
13399 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
13401 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13405 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13406 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
13409 /* xgettext:c-format */
13410 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
13412 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13417 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
13418 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
13421 /* xgettext:c-format */
13422 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
13424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13429 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
13430 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
13433 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13434 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13435 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13439 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
13440 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
13441 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
13444 /* xgettext:c-format */
13445 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
13447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13452 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
13454 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
13459 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
13463 /* xgettext:c-format */
13464 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
13465 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13471 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
13473 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
13478 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13480 if (sym
== last_sym
)
13484 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
13488 /* xgettext:c-format */
13489 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
13490 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13491 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13500 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
13501 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
13502 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
13505 /* xgettext:c-format */
13506 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
13507 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13514 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
13515 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
13518 /* xgettext:c-format */
13519 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
13520 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13521 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13523 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
13526 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
13527 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
13529 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13530 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
13531 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13532 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);